Upload
andres-marroquin
View
27
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
WiMAX Base Station DevelopmentsProject Engineer
Plutarco E AvilaPlutarco E Avila
Guatemala GuatemalaGuatemala Guatemala
11-13 august 200911-13 august 2009
2Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
La seleccion y el planeamiento apropiados de un sitio de TX antes de instalar su Micromax nos asegura un despliega acertado de su sistema de Airspan Wimax
Un resumen de las consideraciones principales que tenemos que tener en cuenta al hacer un planeamiento
bull Obstrucciones minimas (edificios arboles) en la trayectoria de la senal del radio entre la estacion base y los suscriptores
bull El montaje de la radio base debe estar lo mas arriba posible para evitar obstrucciones en la trayectoria de la senal transmitida
bull Comprobar la posibilidad de obstrucciones futuras tales los casos de edificar o construir edificios y los arboles que puedan crecer lo suficientemente alto que puedan obstruir la trayectoria de la senal Transmitida
bull Alinear el radio para maximizar el nivel de senal recibido (RSS)
bull Considere las fuentes probables de interferencias que puedan degradar el funcionamiento de la radio
bull Coloque el radio lo mas lejos posible de fuentes de interferencias como sea posible
bull Asegurarse que la estacion base y los suscriptores (es decir PROST) esten dentro de la gama maxima de la cobertura de recepcion
bull La longitud del cable maximo del CAT-5 que conecta el MicroMAX a el SDA debe ser de 100 mts
bull Debe existir un tipo de proteccion para el cableado que conecta entre la BSR y el SDA contra descargas electricas
3Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
5Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
6Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
8Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
9Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10Commercial in Confidence
Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range
BPSK 12 Lowest capacity
Highest capacity
(374 channel size over-the-air)
Longest Range
Shortest Range
QPSK 12
QPSK 34
16 QAM 12
16 QAM 34
64 QAM 23
64 QAM 34
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
2Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
La seleccion y el planeamiento apropiados de un sitio de TX antes de instalar su Micromax nos asegura un despliega acertado de su sistema de Airspan Wimax
Un resumen de las consideraciones principales que tenemos que tener en cuenta al hacer un planeamiento
bull Obstrucciones minimas (edificios arboles) en la trayectoria de la senal del radio entre la estacion base y los suscriptores
bull El montaje de la radio base debe estar lo mas arriba posible para evitar obstrucciones en la trayectoria de la senal transmitida
bull Comprobar la posibilidad de obstrucciones futuras tales los casos de edificar o construir edificios y los arboles que puedan crecer lo suficientemente alto que puedan obstruir la trayectoria de la senal Transmitida
bull Alinear el radio para maximizar el nivel de senal recibido (RSS)
bull Considere las fuentes probables de interferencias que puedan degradar el funcionamiento de la radio
bull Coloque el radio lo mas lejos posible de fuentes de interferencias como sea posible
bull Asegurarse que la estacion base y los suscriptores (es decir PROST) esten dentro de la gama maxima de la cobertura de recepcion
bull La longitud del cable maximo del CAT-5 que conecta el MicroMAX a el SDA debe ser de 100 mts
bull Debe existir un tipo de proteccion para el cableado que conecta entre la BSR y el SDA contra descargas electricas
3Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
5Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
6Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
8Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
9Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10Commercial in Confidence
Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range
BPSK 12 Lowest capacity
Highest capacity
(374 channel size over-the-air)
Longest Range
Shortest Range
QPSK 12
QPSK 34
16 QAM 12
16 QAM 34
64 QAM 23
64 QAM 34
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
3Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
5Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
6Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
8Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
9Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10Commercial in Confidence
Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range
BPSK 12 Lowest capacity
Highest capacity
(374 channel size over-the-air)
Longest Range
Shortest Range
QPSK 12
QPSK 34
16 QAM 12
16 QAM 34
64 QAM 23
64 QAM 34
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
4Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
5Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
6Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
8Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
9Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10Commercial in Confidence
Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range
BPSK 12 Lowest capacity
Highest capacity
(374 channel size over-the-air)
Longest Range
Shortest Range
QPSK 12
QPSK 34
16 QAM 12
16 QAM 34
64 QAM 23
64 QAM 34
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
5Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
6Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
8Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
9Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10Commercial in Confidence
Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range
BPSK 12 Lowest capacity
Highest capacity
(374 channel size over-the-air)
Longest Range
Shortest Range
QPSK 12
QPSK 34
16 QAM 12
16 QAM 34
64 QAM 23
64 QAM 34
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
6Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
8Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
9Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10Commercial in Confidence
Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range
BPSK 12 Lowest capacity
Highest capacity
(374 channel size over-the-air)
Longest Range
Shortest Range
QPSK 12
QPSK 34
16 QAM 12
16 QAM 34
64 QAM 23
64 QAM 34
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
7Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
8Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
9Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10Commercial in Confidence
Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range
BPSK 12 Lowest capacity
Highest capacity
(374 channel size over-the-air)
Longest Range
Shortest Range
QPSK 12
QPSK 34
16 QAM 12
16 QAM 34
64 QAM 23
64 QAM 34
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
8Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
9Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10Commercial in Confidence
Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range
BPSK 12 Lowest capacity
Highest capacity
(374 channel size over-the-air)
Longest Range
Shortest Range
QPSK 12
QPSK 34
16 QAM 12
16 QAM 34
64 QAM 23
64 QAM 34
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
9Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10Commercial in Confidence
Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range
BPSK 12 Lowest capacity
Highest capacity
(374 channel size over-the-air)
Longest Range
Shortest Range
QPSK 12
QPSK 34
16 QAM 12
16 QAM 34
64 QAM 23
64 QAM 34
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
10Commercial in Confidence
Burst Profile Capacity (Mbps) Typical Possible Range
BPSK 12 Lowest capacity
Highest capacity
(374 channel size over-the-air)
Longest Range
Shortest Range
QPSK 12
QPSK 34
16 QAM 12
16 QAM 34
64 QAM 23
64 QAM 34
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
11Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Initial Connection
The following section explains the steps to take for the initial connection of the BS via the WEB interface
To connect to MicroMAXd via the WEB interface 1 Connect to MicroMAXd Base Station Radio (BSR) using WEB interface Default details IP address ndash 1000123 (255000) User name ndash admin Password ndash admin 2 Navigate to ldquoAddressesrdquo and modify the IP address according to your network 3 Click Submit
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
12Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
13Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
14Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
15Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
16Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
17Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
18Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
19Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
20Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
21Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
22Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
4 Navigate to SNMP Communities and modify the parameters according to your network (if required)5 Click Submit
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
23Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
24Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
25Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
26Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
27Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
28Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Select ldquoAdvancedrdquo to go into the Advanced Menus
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
29Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Config option
Forwarding option
SS option
Home option
Selecting sub-options
Values of the sub optionparameters
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
30Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
7 MicroMAXd BS will reboot with the new setting in approximately 60 seconds8 MicroMAXd BSID must be set previous Netspan configuration9 Navigate to Advanced gt config gt setMacDl The following is displayed
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
31Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
32Commercial in Confidence
To access the Advanced page and additional configuration menus1 Select Advanced from the Main menu to display and define additional configuration menus2 Select Config from the upper tool bar3 Select the setGlobalConfiguration sub-option displayed on the left side column asdisplayed belowFigure 4
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
33Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash Configuracion de IP (para gestion)
ndash Actualizar version (si es necesario)
ndash Verificar Comunidades (SNMP)
ndash BSID (descubrir al netspan)
ndash VLAN (gestion por Vlan)
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
34Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The default for the first access is User name admin Password password
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
35Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
36Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
37Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
38Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
39Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
40Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
41Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
42Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
43Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
44Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
45Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
46Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
47Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
48Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
49Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
50Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
51Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
52Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
53Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
54Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
55Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
56Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
57Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)bull STATE (re-provisioning)
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
58Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
59Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
60Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
61Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
62Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
63Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
64Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
65Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
66Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
ndash SERVER (discovery parameters)
ndash CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (bs trx)
ndash BS TRX (descubrir)
bull EDIT (name tipo de puerto Vlan)
bull MANAGE (provcommstate etc )
bull PROVISIONING (perfiles)
bull COMMISSIONING (tipo freq tx power rx)
bull STATE (re-provisioning)
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
67Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
68Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
To configure the BSDU via the WEB1 Connect to the BSDU using web browser using the following default IP addresshttp 1000124A display similar to the following will appear
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
69Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
70Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
71Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
72Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Access the Advanced MenuBSDU System parameter modifications are performed via Advanced options accessed from thesidebarTo enable Advanced Options additional configuration menus1 Click Advanced on the sidebar to display the Advanced Options menus2 Username = admin3 Password = admin4 Click LoginThe new menu appears
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
73Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic Configuration
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
74Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
CPE Products
EasyST
ProST
ProST-WiFi
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
75Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Rural
Oil Rig
CCTV
Boat
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
76Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
77Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
78Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
312 Accessing the WiMAX Web ServerYour EasySTProST has a pre-configured default IP address (10001) subnet mask(255255255240) (only accessible from local Ethernet port) that is used to access to andcommunicate with the embedded WiMAX Web serverNote Pre-configured default IP is not accessible via the BSTo access the embedded WiMAX Web server1 Start your Web browsers (eg Microsoft Internet Explorer)2 In the Address Bar field type the IP address of the EasySTProST WiMAX Web server (ie10001)Figure 3 ‐ IP address
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
79Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
80Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
81Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
82Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
83Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
84Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
85Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
86Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
87Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
88Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
89Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
90Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
91Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
92Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
93Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration1048766 Example for defining a single base station with which the unit can communicateAssume that the operator wishes to limit the network entry of an EasySTProST to aspecific BS with ID =0xAB5050123456 To enable this the following configuration mustbe performedbull Base Station ID AB 50 50 12 34 56bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FF (this is limited to one (1) specific BS)1048766 Example for defining multiple base stations with which the unit can communicateThe operator needs to set up a BSID plan in which it can identify for example three basestations together For example it can divide the coverage area into zones of four BS Thezone number shall be 22 bits and the BS index within the zone shall be 2 bits If theoperator wishes to limit the unit access to zone 30 then the configured parameters mustbebull Base Station ID AB 50 50 00 00 78bull Base Station Mask FF FF FF FF FF FC1048766 Example for defining an SS to work with a single Operator BS radiosThe operator may want to define the units (EasySTProST to work only with BS radiosthat belong to the specific operator but would not like to define to which specific BS radioto connect toTo enable this the following must be performedbull To verify that the BS radios have BS IDs with the correct operator IDbull To utilize the Web-based management (for EasySTProST) in order to defineo The BS IDo Mask of FF FF FF 00 00 00ExplanationAs defined by iEEE80216 the Base Station Id is a 48-bit long programmable (user
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
94Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
95Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
96Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
97Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
98Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
99Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
100Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
101Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
102Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
103Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
104Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Basic provisioning
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
105Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
106Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
107Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
108Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
109Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
110Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
111Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
112Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
113Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
CPE Deteccion de Fallas
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
114Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
115Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
116Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Coacutemo verificar la cantidad de Flujos de Servicio presentes en el CPEPara verificar que la cantidad de Flujos de Servicios aprovisionados sea la correcta es necesario chequear en la seccioacuten ldquoAdvancedrdquo del CPE que existan los 8 Flujos de Servicios baacutesicos necesarios para la operacioacuten del link Wimax maacutes un Flujo de Servicios de Broadcast y ademaacutes deben existir los flujos de servicios de datos de acuerdo con el Producto de Servicio asociado a CPE en cuestioacuten Ademaacutes de verificar en el Producto de Servicio es posible verificar en Netspan la cantidad de flujos de datos que fueron aprovisionados al CPE Todas estas cantidades deben coincidir
Verificar el estado del link en seccioacuten Signal Parameters (Web del CPE)Dentro de la seccioacuten Signal Parameters se observa el estado del enlace Durante la puesta en marcha del enlace este estado va cambiando de acuerdo a proceso de establecimiento del enlace Es importante identificar el estado en el que el CPE no puede avanzar para identificar el problemaLos estados posibles sonbullAdquisicioacuten si el CPE queda en este estado sin avanzar es posible que el problema esteacute en la configuracioacuten de frecuencia ya sea de la radio base o del CPE en cuanto a las frecuencias presentes en la tablabullSincronizacioacuten de DL Por lo general no deberiacutea permanecer en este estadobullAjustes por distancia Si permanece en este estado puede ser un problema en la Radio Base Es recomendable hacer un reseteo a valores de faacutebrica en la Radio BasebullSincronizacioacuten de UL En caso de que permanezca en este estado puede ocurrir que el CPE no tenga suficiente linkbudget de Uplink para establecer el enlace Esto es posible dado que la Radio Base transmite a mayor potencia que el CPE con lo cual siempre el Downlink seraacute mejor que el UplinkbullSolicitud de autorizacioacuten En caso de que permanezca en este estado es recomendable realizar un re-aprovisionamiento desde el Netspan dado que la Radio Base no logra enviar los datos al CPEbullAprovisionamiento Iacutedem anteriorOperacional En este estado el enlace se encuentra operativo
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
117Commercial in Confidence
Makes Mobile WiMAX Simple
Netspan Perfiles
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
118Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
119Commercial in Confidence
CPE Basic Configuration
Nivel de sentildeal recibido maacuteximo en el dbm aceptable por la estacioacuten base durante el alcance inicial Este paraacutemetro es difundido por las BS en el mensaje de DCD y utilizado por el CPE para calcular potencia inicial de la transmisioacuten Este paraacutemetro depende de la puesta en praacutectica de las BS y variacutea entre diverso BW de los canales
Potencia ordenada Nivel de sentildeal recibido oacuteptimo de las BS en dbm Las BS ajustan energiacutea de la transmisioacuten del CPE a traveacutes de mecanismo de alcance de modo que la sentildeal del CPE alcance la configurada Este paraacutemetro depende del BW del canal y determina el nivel de la sensibilidad que las BS pueden manejar En un ambiente que es interferencia limitada se recomienda para aumentar este nivel
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
120Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
Automatic Discovery via NetspanThe following section explains the steps to take for the automatic discovery of MicroMAXd viaNetspan
To connect to MicroMAXd BS via Netspan1 Login to Netspan2 Navigate to ldquoServerrdquo gt ldquoDiscovery ParametersrdquoThe following is displayed3 Click
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
121Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
122Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
123Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
3 Click Add4 Define a Name b Write Community c Read Only Community ndash define a Community then click Add (on right side of the field) d Port ndash enter 161 then click Add (on right side of the field)As shown below Note This
5 Click Add in the ldquoDiscovery Target IP Address Ranges ldquosection ndash the will create range For example ndash Start address = 1000123 and End Address=10001246 Select within the values area to set (define) both to the required IP address (of the7 Click OK
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
124Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayed
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
125Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
The following is displayedManagement panel of the BS for which the Discovery Task was created
9 Navigate to ldquoConfiguration Management rdquo and then ldquoBS TRx ldquo (in the left-handcolumn)10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below
126Commercial in Confidence
MicroMAXd Basic Configuration
10 Select the BS that Netspan ldquodiscoveredrdquo11 Double-click on the MicroMAXd BS row then select the Channel tabAs displayed below